fix set but unused variable warnings
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23 #include "sysdep.h"
24 #include "bfd.h"
25 #include "bfdlink.h"
26 #include "libbfd.h"
27 #include "elf-bfd.h"
28 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
29 #include "elf/sh.h"
30 #include "dwarf2.h"
31 #include "libiberty.h"
32 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
33
34 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
35 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
36 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
37 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
39 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
40 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
41 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
42 #ifndef SH64_ELF
43 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
44 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
45 #endif
46 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49 (struct bfd_link_info *);
50 static bfd_vma tpoff
51 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
53 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
54 section. */
55
56 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
58 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
59 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
61 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
63 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
66 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69 \f
70 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
71 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74 {
75 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76 };
77
78 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
79 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82 {
83 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84 };
85 \f
86 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
87
88 static bfd_boolean
89 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90 {
91 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
93 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
94
95 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
96 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
97 #else
98 return FALSE;
99 #endif
100 }
101
102 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
103
104 static bfd_boolean
105 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106 {
107 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
109 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
110
111 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
112 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
113 #else
114 return FALSE;
115 #endif
116 }
117
118 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
119
120 static reloc_howto_type *
121 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122 {
123 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125 return sh_elf_howto_table;
126 }
127
128 static bfd_reloc_status_type
129 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133 {
134 static bfd_vma last_addr;
135 static asection *last_symbol_section;
136 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137 int diff, cum_diff;
138 bfd_signed_vma x;
139 int insn;
140
141 /* Sanity check the address. */
142 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
145 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
147 if (! last_addr)
148 {
149 last_addr = addr;
150 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151 return bfd_reloc_ok;
152 }
153 if (last_addr != addr)
154 abort ();
155 last_addr = 0;
156
157 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
160 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
161 if (symbol_section != input_section)
162 {
163 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165 else
166 {
167 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168 &contents))
169 {
170 if (contents != NULL)
171 free (contents);
172 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
173 }
174 }
175 }
176 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
177 start_ptr = contents + start;
178 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
179 {
180 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
181 ptr -= 2;
182 ptr += 2;
183 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
184 cum_diff += diff & 1;
185 cum_diff += diff;
186 }
187 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
188 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
189 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
190 if (cum_diff >= 0)
191 {
192 start -= 4;
193 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
194 }
195 else
196 {
197 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
198
199 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
200 start0 -= 2;
201 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
202 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
203 end = start0;
204 }
205
206 if (contents != NULL
207 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208 free (contents);
209
210 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
211
212 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213 if (input_section != symbol_section)
214 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215 - (input_section->output_section->vma
216 + input_section->output_offset));
217 x >>= 1;
218 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
220
221 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
223
224 return bfd_reloc_ok;
225 }
226
227 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
228 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
229
230 static bfd_reloc_status_type
231 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
234 {
235 unsigned long insn;
236 bfd_vma sym_value;
237 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
240
241 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
242
243 if (output_bfd != NULL)
244 {
245 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
246 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
247 return bfd_reloc_ok;
248 }
249
250 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
251 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
252 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
253 return bfd_reloc_ok;
254
255 if (symbol_in != NULL
256 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
257 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
258
259 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
260 sym_value = 0;
261 else
262 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
263 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
264 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
265
266 switch (r_type)
267 {
268 case R_SH_DIR32:
269 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
270 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
271 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
272 break;
273 case R_SH_IND12W:
274 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
275 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
276 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
277 + input_section->output_offset
278 + addr
279 + 4);
280 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
281 if (insn & 0x800)
282 sym_value -= 0x1000;
283 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
284 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
285 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
286 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
287 break;
288 default:
289 abort ();
290 break;
291 }
292
293 return bfd_reloc_ok;
294 }
295
296 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
297 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
298
299 static bfd_reloc_status_type
300 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
301 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
302 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
303 bfd *output_bfd,
304 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
305 {
306 if (output_bfd != NULL)
307 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
308 return bfd_reloc_ok;
309 }
310
311 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
312
313 struct elf_reloc_map
314 {
315 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
316 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
317 };
318
319 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
320
321 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
322 {
323 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
324 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
325 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
326 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
327 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
330 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
331 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
332 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
333 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
337 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
342 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
343 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
346 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
347 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
358 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
359 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
360 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
364 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
370 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
374 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
420 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
421 };
422
423 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
424 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
425
426 static reloc_howto_type *
427 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
428 {
429 unsigned int i;
430
431 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
432 {
433 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
434 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
435 }
436
437 return NULL;
438 }
439
440 static reloc_howto_type *
441 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
442 {
443 unsigned int i;
444
445 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
446 {
447 for (i = 0;
448 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
449 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
450 i++)
451 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
452 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
453 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
454 }
455 else
456 {
457 for (i = 0;
458 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
459 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
460 i++)
461 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
462 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
463 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
464 }
465
466 return NULL;
467 }
468
469 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
470
471 static void
472 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
473 {
474 unsigned int r;
475
476 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
477
478 BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
479 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
480 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
481 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
482 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
483 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
484 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
485
486 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
487 }
488 \f
489 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
490 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
491 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
492 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
493 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
494 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
495 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
496 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
497 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
498
499 static bfd_boolean
500 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
501 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
502 {
503 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
504 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
505 bfd_boolean have_code;
506 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
507 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
509
510 *again = FALSE;
511
512 if (link_info->relocatable
513 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
514 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
515 return TRUE;
516
517 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
518 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
519 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
520 {
521 return TRUE;
522 }
523 #endif
524
525 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
526
527 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
528 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
529 link_info->keep_memory));
530 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
531 goto error_return;
532
533 have_code = FALSE;
534
535 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
536 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
537 {
538 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
539 unsigned short insn;
540 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
541 bfd_signed_vma foff;
542
543 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
544 have_code = TRUE;
545
546 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
547 continue;
548
549 /* Get the section contents. */
550 if (contents == NULL)
551 {
552 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
553 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
554 else
555 {
556 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
557 goto error_return;
558 }
559 }
560
561 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
562 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
563 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
564 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
565 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
566 if (laddr >= sec->size)
567 {
568 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
569 abfd,
570 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
571 continue;
572 }
573 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
574
575 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
576 do. */
577 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
578 {
579 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
580 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
581 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
582 continue;
583 }
584
585 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
586 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
587 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
588 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
589 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
590 on a four byte boundary. */
591 paddr = insn & 0xff;
592 paddr *= 4;
593 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
594 if (paddr >= sec->size)
595 {
596 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
597 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
598 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
599 continue;
600 }
601
602 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
603 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
604 actually being called. */
605 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
606 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
607 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
608 break;
609 if (irelfn >= irelend)
610 {
611 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
612 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
613 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
614 continue;
615 }
616
617 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
618 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
619 {
620 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
621 if (isymbuf == NULL)
622 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
623 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
624 NULL, NULL, NULL);
625 if (isymbuf == NULL)
626 goto error_return;
627 }
628
629 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
630 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
631 {
632 /* A local symbol. */
633 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
634
635 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
636 if (isym->st_shndx
637 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
638 {
639 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
641 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
642 continue;
643 }
644
645 symval = (isym->st_value
646 + sec->output_section->vma
647 + sec->output_offset);
648 }
649 else
650 {
651 unsigned long indx;
652 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
653
654 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
655 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
656 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
657 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
658 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
659 {
660 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
661 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
662 regular reloc processing. */
663 continue;
664 }
665
666 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
667 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
668 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
669 }
670
671 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
672 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
673 else
674 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
675
676 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
677 foff = (symval
678 - (irel->r_offset
679 + sec->output_section->vma
680 + sec->output_offset
681 + 4));
682 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
683 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
684 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
685 that. */
686 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
687 {
688 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
689 continue;
690 }
691
692 /* Shorten the function call. */
693
694 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
695 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
696 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
697 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
698 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
699 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
700 the linker is run. */
701
702 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
703 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
704 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
705
706 /* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */
707
708 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
709 replace the jsr with a bsr. */
710 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
711 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
712 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
713 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
714 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
715 the value of the symbol is not available. */
716
717 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
718 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
719 the final link phase handle it. */
720 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
721
722 irel->r_addend = -4;
723
724 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
725 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
726 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
727 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
728 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
729
730 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
731 register load. */
732 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
733 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
734 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
735 break;
736 if (irelscan < irelend)
737 {
738 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
739 and we have not yet converted that function call.
740 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
741 nothing else we can do at this point. */
742 continue;
743 }
744
745 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
746 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
747 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
748 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
749 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
750 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
751 break;
752
753 /* Delete the register load. */
754 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
755 goto error_return;
756
757 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
758 other function call to come within range, we should relax
759 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
760 *again = TRUE;
761
762 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
763 if (irelcount >= irelend)
764 {
765 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
766 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
767 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
768 continue;
769 }
770
771 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
772 just deleted one. */
773 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
774 {
775 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
776 abfd,
777 (unsigned long) paddr));
778 continue;
779 }
780
781 --irelcount->r_addend;
782
783 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
784 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
785 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
786 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787 {
788 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
789 goto error_return;
790 }
791
792 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
793 }
794
795 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
796 byte boundaries. */
797 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
798 && have_code)
799 {
800 bfd_boolean swapped;
801
802 /* Get the section contents. */
803 if (contents == NULL)
804 {
805 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
806 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
807 else
808 {
809 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
810 goto error_return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
815 &swapped))
816 goto error_return;
817
818 if (swapped)
819 {
820 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
821 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
822 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
823 }
824 }
825
826 if (isymbuf != NULL
827 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
828 {
829 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
830 free (isymbuf);
831 else
832 {
833 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
834 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
835 }
836 }
837
838 if (contents != NULL
839 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
840 {
841 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
842 free (contents);
843 else
844 {
845 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
846 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
847 }
848 }
849
850 if (internal_relocs != NULL
851 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
852 free (internal_relocs);
853
854 return TRUE;
855
856 error_return:
857 if (isymbuf != NULL
858 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
859 free (isymbuf);
860 if (contents != NULL
861 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
862 free (contents);
863 if (internal_relocs != NULL
864 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865 free (internal_relocs);
866
867 return FALSE;
868 }
869
870 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
871 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
872 in coff-sh.c. */
873
874 static bfd_boolean
875 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
876 int count)
877 {
878 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
879 unsigned int sec_shndx;
880 bfd_byte *contents;
881 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
882 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
883 bfd_vma toaddr;
884 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
885 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
887 unsigned int symcount;
888 asection *o;
889
890 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
891 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
892
893 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
894
895 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
896
897 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
898 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
899
900 irelalign = NULL;
901 toaddr = sec->size;
902
903 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
904 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
905 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
906 {
907 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
908 && irel->r_offset > addr
909 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
910 {
911 irelalign = irel;
912 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
913 break;
914 }
915 }
916
917 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
918 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
919 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
920 if (irelalign == NULL)
921 sec->size -= count;
922 else
923 {
924 int i;
925
926 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
927
928 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
929 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
930 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
931 }
932
933 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
934 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
935 {
936 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
937 bfd_vma start = 0;
938 int insn = 0;
939 int off, adjust, oinsn;
940 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
941 bfd_boolean overflow;
942
943 /* Get the new reloc address. */
944 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
945 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
946 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
947 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
948 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
949 nraddr -= count;
950
951 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
952 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
953 represent addresses, though. */
954 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
955 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
956 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
957 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
958 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
959 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
960 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
961 (int) R_SH_NONE);
962
963 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
964 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
965 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
966 {
967 default:
968 break;
969
970 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
971 case R_SH_IND12W:
972 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
973 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
974 start = irel->r_offset;
975 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
976 break;
977 }
978
979 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
980 {
981 default:
982 start = stop = addr;
983 break;
984
985 case R_SH_DIR32:
986 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
987 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
988 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
989 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
990 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
991 {
992 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
993 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
994 && (isym->st_value <= addr
995 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
996 {
997 bfd_vma val;
998
999 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1000 {
1001 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1002 val += isym->st_value;
1003 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1004 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1005 }
1006 else
1007 {
1008 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1009 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1010 irel->r_addend -= count;
1011 }
1012 }
1013 }
1014 start = stop = addr;
1015 break;
1016
1017 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1018 off = insn & 0xff;
1019 if (off & 0x80)
1020 off -= 0x100;
1021 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1022 break;
1023
1024 case R_SH_IND12W:
1025 off = insn & 0xfff;
1026 if (! off)
1027 {
1028 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1029 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1030 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1031 start = stop = addr;
1032 }
1033 else
1034 {
1035 if (off & 0x800)
1036 off -= 0x1000;
1037 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1038
1039 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1040 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1041 start of the section.
1042 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1043 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1044 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1045 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1046 irel->r_addend -= count;
1047 }
1048 break;
1049
1050 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1051 off = insn & 0xff;
1052 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1053 break;
1054
1055 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1056 off = insn & 0xff;
1057 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1058 break;
1059
1060 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1061 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1062 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1063 /* These relocs types represent
1064 .word L2-L1
1065 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1066 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1067 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1068 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1069 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1070 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1071
1072 stop = irel->r_offset;
1073 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1074
1075 if (start > addr
1076 && start < toaddr
1077 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1078 irel->r_addend += count;
1079 else if (stop > addr
1080 && stop < toaddr
1081 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1082 irel->r_addend -= count;
1083
1084 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1085 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1086 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1087 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088 else
1089 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1091
1092 break;
1093
1094 case R_SH_USES:
1095 start = irel->r_offset;
1096 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1097 + (long) irel->r_addend
1098 + 4);
1099 break;
1100 }
1101
1102 if (start > addr
1103 && start < toaddr
1104 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1105 adjust = count;
1106 else if (stop > addr
1107 && stop < toaddr
1108 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1109 adjust = - count;
1110 else
1111 adjust = 0;
1112
1113 if (adjust != 0)
1114 {
1115 oinsn = insn;
1116 overflow = FALSE;
1117 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1118 {
1119 default:
1120 abort ();
1121 break;
1122
1123 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1124 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1125 insn += adjust / 2;
1126 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1127 overflow = TRUE;
1128 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1129 break;
1130
1131 case R_SH_IND12W:
1132 insn += adjust / 2;
1133 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1134 overflow = TRUE;
1135 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1136 break;
1137
1138 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1139 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1140 if (count >= 4)
1141 insn += adjust / 4;
1142 else
1143 {
1144 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1145 ++insn;
1146 }
1147 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1148 overflow = TRUE;
1149 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1150 break;
1151
1152 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1153 voff += adjust;
1154 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1155 overflow = TRUE;
1156 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1157 break;
1158
1159 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1160 voff += adjust;
1161 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1162 overflow = TRUE;
1163 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1164 break;
1165
1166 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1167 voff += adjust;
1168 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1169 break;
1170
1171 case R_SH_USES:
1172 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1173 break;
1174 }
1175
1176 if (overflow)
1177 {
1178 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1179 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1180 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1181 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1182 return FALSE;
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1187 }
1188
1189 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1190 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1191 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1192 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1193 {
1194 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1195 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1196 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1197
1198 if (o == sec
1199 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1200 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1201 continue;
1202
1203 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1204 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1205 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1206 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1207 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1208 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1209 return FALSE;
1210
1211 ocontents = NULL;
1212 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1213 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1214 {
1215 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1216 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1217 {
1218 bfd_vma start, stop;
1219 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1220
1221 if (ocontents == NULL)
1222 {
1223 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1224 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1225 else
1226 {
1227 /* We always cache the section contents.
1228 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1229 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1230 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1231 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1232 {
1233 if (ocontents != NULL)
1234 free (ocontents);
1235 return FALSE;
1236 }
1237
1238 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1239 }
1240 }
1241
1242 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1243 start
1244 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1245
1246 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1247 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1248 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1249
1250 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1251 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1252
1253 if (start > addr
1254 && start < toaddr
1255 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1256 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1257 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1258 else if (stop > addr
1259 && stop < toaddr
1260 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1261 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1262 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263 }
1264
1265 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1266 continue;
1267
1268 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1269 continue;
1270
1271
1272 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1273 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1274 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1275 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1276 {
1277 bfd_vma val;
1278
1279 if (ocontents == NULL)
1280 {
1281 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1282 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1283 else
1284 {
1285 /* We always cache the section contents.
1286 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1287 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1288 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1289 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1290 {
1291 if (ocontents != NULL)
1292 free (ocontents);
1293 return FALSE;
1294 }
1295
1296 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1297 }
1298 }
1299
1300 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1301 val += isym->st_value;
1302 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1303 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1304 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1305 }
1306 }
1307 }
1308
1309 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1310 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1311 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1312 {
1313 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1314 && isym->st_value > addr
1315 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1316 isym->st_value -= count;
1317 }
1318
1319 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1320 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1321 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1322 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1323 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1324 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1325 {
1326 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1327 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1328 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1329 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1330 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1331 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1332 {
1333 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1334 }
1335 }
1336
1337 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1338 r_offset for it already. */
1339 if (irelalign != NULL)
1340 {
1341 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1342
1343 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1344 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1345 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1347 {
1348 /* Tail recursion. */
1349 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1350 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1351 }
1352 }
1353
1354 return TRUE;
1355 }
1356
1357 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1358 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1359
1360 static bfd_boolean
1361 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1362 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1363 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1364 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1365 {
1366 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1367 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1368 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1369 bfd_size_type amt;
1370
1371 *pswapped = FALSE;
1372
1373 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1374
1375 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1376 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1377 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1378 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1379 if (labels == NULL)
1380 goto error_return;
1381 label_end = labels;
1382 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1383 {
1384 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1385 {
1386 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1387 ++label_end;
1388 }
1389 }
1390
1391 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1392 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1393 the label values and the relocs. */
1394
1395 label = labels;
1396
1397 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1398 {
1399 bfd_vma start, stop;
1400
1401 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1402 continue;
1403
1404 start = irel->r_offset;
1405
1406 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1407 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1408 break;
1409 if (irel < irelend)
1410 stop = irel->r_offset;
1411 else
1412 stop = sec->size;
1413
1414 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1415 internal_relocs, &label,
1416 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1417 goto error_return;
1418 }
1419
1420 free (labels);
1421
1422 return TRUE;
1423
1424 error_return:
1425 if (labels != NULL)
1426 free (labels);
1427 return FALSE;
1428 }
1429
1430 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1431 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1432
1433 static bfd_boolean
1434 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1435 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1436 {
1437 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1438 unsigned short i1, i2;
1439 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1440
1441 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1442 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1443 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1444 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1445 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1446
1447 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1448 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1449 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1450 {
1451 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1452 int add;
1453
1454 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1455 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1456 but are only associated with the address. */
1457 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1458 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1459 || type == R_SH_CODE
1460 || type == R_SH_DATA
1461 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1462 continue;
1463
1464 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1465 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1466 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1467 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1468 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1469 instruction it shouldn't). */
1470 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1471 {
1472 bfd_vma off;
1473
1474 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1475 if (off == addr)
1476 irel->r_offset += 2;
1477 else if (off == addr + 2)
1478 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1479 }
1480
1481 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1482 {
1483 irel->r_offset += 2;
1484 add = -2;
1485 }
1486 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1487 {
1488 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1489 add = 2;
1490 }
1491 else
1492 add = 0;
1493
1494 if (add != 0)
1495 {
1496 bfd_byte *loc;
1497 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1498 bfd_boolean overflow;
1499
1500 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1501 overflow = FALSE;
1502 switch (type)
1503 {
1504 default:
1505 break;
1506
1507 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1508 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1509 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1510 oinsn = insn;
1511 insn += add / 2;
1512 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1513 overflow = TRUE;
1514 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1515 break;
1516
1517 case R_SH_IND12W:
1518 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1519 oinsn = insn;
1520 insn += add / 2;
1521 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1522 overflow = TRUE;
1523 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1524 break;
1525
1526 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1527 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1528 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1529 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1530 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1531 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1532 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1533 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1534 {
1535 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1536 oinsn = insn;
1537 insn += add / 2;
1538 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1539 overflow = TRUE;
1540 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1541 }
1542
1543 break;
1544 }
1545
1546 if (overflow)
1547 {
1548 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1549 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1550 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1552 return FALSE;
1553 }
1554 }
1555 }
1556
1557 return TRUE;
1558 }
1559 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1560 \f
1561 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1562
1563 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1564 {
1565 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1566 first entry. */
1567 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1568
1569 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1570 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1571
1572 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1573 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1574 if there is no such pointer. */
1575 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1576
1577 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1578 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1579
1580 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1581 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1582
1583 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1584 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1585 that the field must hold. */
1586 struct {
1587 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1588 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1589 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1590 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1591 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1592 entry). */
1593 } symbol_fields;
1594
1595 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1596 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1597
1598 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1599 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1600 other cases. */
1601 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1602 };
1603
1604 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1605
1606 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1607
1608 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1609
1610 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1611
1612 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1613 {
1614 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1615 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1616 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1617 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1618 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1619 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1620 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1621 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630 };
1631
1632 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1633 {
1634 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1635 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1636 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1637 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1638 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1639 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1640 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1641 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650 };
1651
1652 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1653 this. */
1654
1655 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1656 {
1657 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1658 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1659 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1660 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1661 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1662 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1663 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1666 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1667 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1668 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1669 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1670 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1671 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1672 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673 };
1674
1675 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1676 {
1677 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1678 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1679 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1680 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1682 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1683 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1686 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1687 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1688 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1689 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1690 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1691 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1692 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693 };
1694
1695 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1696
1697 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1698 {
1699 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1700 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1701 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1702 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1703 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1705 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1708 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1709 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1710 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1711 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1712 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1713 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1714 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1715 };
1716
1717 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1718 {
1719 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1720 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1721 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1722 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1723 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1724 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1725 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1728 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1729 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1730 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1731 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1732 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1733 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1734 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1735 };
1736
1737 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1738 {
1739 {
1740 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1741 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1742 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1743 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1744 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1745 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1746 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1747 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1748 NULL
1749 },
1750 {
1751 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1752 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1753 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1754 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1755 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1756 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1757 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1758 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1759 NULL
1760 },
1761 },
1762 {
1763 {
1764 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1765 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1769 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1771 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772 NULL
1773 },
1774 {
1775 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1776 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1777 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1779 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1780 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1781 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1782 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1783 NULL
1784 },
1785 }
1786 };
1787
1788 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1789 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1790
1791 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1792 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1793 not data.
1794
1795 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1796
1797 inline static void
1798 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1799 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1800 {
1801 value |= code_p;
1802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1803 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1804 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1805 addr);
1806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1807 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1808 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1809 addr + 4);
1810 }
1811
1812 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1813 the object is position-independent. */
1814
1815 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1816 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1817 {
1818 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1819 }
1820 #else
1821 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1822
1823 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1824
1825 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1826
1827 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1828 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1829 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1830 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1831 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1832 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1833 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1834 greater than or equal to 12. */
1835 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1836 {
1837 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1838 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1839 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1840 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1841 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1842 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1843 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1844 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1845 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1846 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1847 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1848 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1849 };
1850
1851 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1852 {
1853 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1854 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1856 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1857 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1858 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1859 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1860 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1861 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1862 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1863 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1864 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1865 };
1866
1867 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1868 this. */
1869
1870 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1871 {
1872 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1873 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1874 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1875 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1876 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1877 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1878 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1879 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1880 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1881 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1882 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1883 };
1884
1885 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1886 {
1887 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1888 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1889 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1890 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1891 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1892 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1893 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1894 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1895 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1896 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1897 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1898 };
1899
1900 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1901
1902 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1903 {
1904 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1905 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1906 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1907 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1908 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1909 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1910 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1911 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1912 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1913 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1914 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1915 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1916 };
1917
1918 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1919 {
1920 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1921 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1922 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1923 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1924 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1925 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1926 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1927 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1928 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1929 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1930 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1931 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1932 };
1933
1934 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1935 {
1936 {
1937 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1938 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1939 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1940 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1941 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1942 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1943 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1944 8,
1945 NULL
1946 },
1947 {
1948 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1949 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1950 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1951 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1952 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1953 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1954 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1955 8,
1956 NULL
1957 },
1958 },
1959 {
1960 {
1961 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1962 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1965 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1966 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1968 8,
1969 NULL
1970 },
1971 {
1972 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1973 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1974 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1976 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1977 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1978 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1979 8,
1980 NULL
1981 },
1982 }
1983 };
1984
1985 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1986 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1987
1988 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1989 {
1990 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1991 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1992 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1993 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1994 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1995 };
1996
1997 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1998 {
1999 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2000 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2001 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2002 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2003 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2004 };
2005
2006 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2007 {
2008 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2009 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2010 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2011 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2012 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2013 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2014 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2015 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2016 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2017 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2018 };
2019
2020 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2021 {
2022 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2023 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2024 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2025 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2026 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2027 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2028 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2029 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2030 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2031 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2032 };
2033
2034 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2035 {
2036 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2037 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2038 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2039 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2040 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2041 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2042 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2043 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2044 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2045 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2046 };
2047
2048 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2049 {
2050 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2051 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2052 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2053 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2054 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2055 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2056 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2057 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2058 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2059 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2060 };
2061
2062 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2063 {
2064 {
2065 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2066 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2067 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2068 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2069 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2070 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2071 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2072 12,
2073 NULL
2074 },
2075 {
2076 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2077 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2078 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2079 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2080 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2081 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2082 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2083 12,
2084 NULL
2085 },
2086 },
2087 {
2088 {
2089 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2090 NULL,
2091 0,
2092 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2093 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2094 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2096 12,
2097 NULL
2098 },
2099 {
2100 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2101 NULL,
2102 0,
2103 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2104 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2105 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2106 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2107 12,
2108 NULL
2109 },
2110 }
2111 };
2112
2113 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2114 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2115 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2116 cache behavior. */
2117
2118 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2119 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2120
2121 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2122 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2123 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2124 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2125 stubs separately. */
2126
2127 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2128 {
2129 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2130 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2131 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2132 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2133 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2134 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2135 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2136 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2137 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2138 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2139 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2140 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2141 };
2142
2143 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2144 {
2145 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2146 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2147 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2148 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2149 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2150 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2151 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2152 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2153 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2154 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2155 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2156 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2157 };
2158
2159 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2160 {
2161 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2162 NULL,
2163 0,
2164 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2165 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2166 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2167 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2168 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2169 NULL
2170 },
2171 {
2172 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2173 NULL,
2174 0,
2175 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2176 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2177 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2178 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2179 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2180 NULL
2181 },
2182 };
2183
2184 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2185 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2186 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2187 but would not be any smaller. */
2188
2189 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2190 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2191
2192 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2193 {
2194 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2195 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2196 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2197 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2198 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2199 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2200 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2201 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2202 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2203 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2204 };
2205
2206 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2207 {
2208 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2209 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2210 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2211 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2212 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2213 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2214 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2215 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2216 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2217 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2218 };
2219
2220 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2221 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2222 NULL,
2223 0,
2224 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2225 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2226 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2227 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2228 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2229 NULL
2230 };
2231
2232 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2233 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2234 NULL,
2235 0,
2236 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2237 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2238 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2239 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2240 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2241 NULL
2242 };
2243
2244 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2245 {
2246 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2247 NULL,
2248 0,
2249 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2251 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2253 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2255 },
2256 {
2257 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2258 NULL,
2259 0,
2260 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2261 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2262 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2263 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2264 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2265 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2266 },
2267 };
2268
2269 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2270 the object is position-independent. */
2271
2272 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2273 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2274 {
2275 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2276 {
2277 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2278 sequence. */
2279 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2280 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2281 else
2282 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2283 }
2284 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2285 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2286 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287 }
2288
2289 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2290 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2291 not data. */
2292
2293 inline static void
2294 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2295 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2296 {
2297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2298 }
2299 #endif
2300
2301 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2302 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2303 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2304 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2305 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2306
2307 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2308
2309 static bfd_vma
2310 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2311 {
2312 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2313
2314 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2315 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2316 {
2317 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2318 {
2319 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2320 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2321 }
2322 else
2323 info = info->short_plt;
2324 }
2325 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2326 }
2327
2328 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2329
2330 static bfd_vma
2331 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2332 {
2333 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2334
2335 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2336 {
2337 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2338 {
2339 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2340 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341 }
2342 else
2343 info = info->short_plt;
2344 }
2345 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2346 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2347 }
2348
2349 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2350 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2351 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2352 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2353 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2354
2355 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2356 {
2357 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2358
2359 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2360 asection *sec;
2361
2362 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2363 bfd_size_type count;
2364
2365 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2366 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2367 };
2368
2369 union gotref
2370 {
2371 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2372 bfd_vma offset;
2373 };
2374
2375 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2376
2377 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2378 {
2379 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2380
2381 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2382 union
2383 {
2384 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385 bfd_vma offset;
2386 } datalabel_got;
2387 #endif
2388
2389 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2390 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2391
2392 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2393
2394 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2395 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2396 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2397 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2398 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2399 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2400 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2401 descriptor will be canonical. */
2402 union gotref funcdesc;
2403
2404 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2405 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2406 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2407
2408 enum {
2409 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2410 } got_type;
2411 };
2412
2413 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2414
2415 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2416 {
2417 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2418
2419 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2420 char *local_got_type;
2421
2422 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2423 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2424 };
2425
2426 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2427 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2428
2429 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2430 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2431
2432 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2433 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2434
2435 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2436 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2437 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2438 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2439
2440 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2441 as the specific tdata. */
2442
2443 static bfd_boolean
2444 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2445 {
2446 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2447 SH_ELF_DATA);
2448 }
2449
2450 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2451
2452 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2453 {
2454 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2455
2456 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2457 asection *sgot;
2458 asection *sgotplt;
2459 asection *srelgot;
2460 asection *splt;
2461 asection *srelplt;
2462 asection *sdynbss;
2463 asection *srelbss;
2464 asection *sfuncdesc;
2465 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2466 asection *srofixup;
2467
2468 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2469 asection *srelplt2;
2470
2471 /* Small local sym cache. */
2472 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2473
2474 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2475 union
2476 {
2477 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2478 bfd_vma offset;
2479 } tls_ldm_got;
2480
2481 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2482 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2483
2484 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2485 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2486
2487 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2488 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2489 };
2490
2491 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2492
2493 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2494 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2495 (&(table)->root, \
2496 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2497 (info)))
2498
2499 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2500
2501 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2502 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2503 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2504
2505 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2506
2507 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2508 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2509 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2510 const char *string)
2511 {
2512 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2513 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2514
2515 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2516 subclass. */
2517 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2519 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2520 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2521 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2522 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2523
2524 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2525 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2526 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2527 table, string));
2528 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2529 {
2530 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2531 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2532 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2533 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2534 #endif
2535 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2536 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2537 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2538 }
2539
2540 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2541 }
2542
2543 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2544
2545 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2546 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2547 {
2548 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2549 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2550
2551 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2552 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2553 return NULL;
2554
2555 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2556 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2557 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2558 SH_ELF_DATA))
2559 {
2560 free (ret);
2561 return NULL;
2562 }
2563
2564 ret->sgot = NULL;
2565 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2566 ret->srelgot = NULL;
2567 ret->splt = NULL;
2568 ret->srelplt = NULL;
2569 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2570 ret->srelbss = NULL;
2571 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2572 ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2573 ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2574 ret->plt_info = NULL;
2575 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2576 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2577
2578 return &ret->root.root;
2579 }
2580
2581 static bfd_boolean
2582 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2583 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2584 {
2585 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2586
2587 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2588 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2589 return TRUE;
2590
2591 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2592 relocate independently. */
2593 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2594 {
2595 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2596 case SHT_NOBITS:
2597 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2598 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2599 case SHT_NULL:
2600 return FALSE;
2601
2602 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2603 against any other section. */
2604 default:
2605 return TRUE;
2606 }
2607 }
2608
2609 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2610 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2611
2612 static bfd_boolean
2613 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2614 {
2615 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2616
2617 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2618 return FALSE;
2619
2620 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2621 if (htab == NULL)
2622 return FALSE;
2623
2624 htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2625 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2626 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2627 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2628 abort ();
2629
2630 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2631 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2635 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2636 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2637 return FALSE;
2638
2639 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2640 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2641 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2645 | SEC_READONLY));
2646 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2647 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2648 return FALSE;
2649
2650 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2651 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2652 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2653 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2654 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2655 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2656 | SEC_READONLY));
2657 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2658 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2659 return FALSE;
2660
2661 return TRUE;
2662 }
2663
2664 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2665
2666 static bfd_boolean
2667 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2668 {
2669 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2670 flagword flags, pltflags;
2671 asection *s;
2672 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673 int ptralign = 0;
2674
2675 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2676 {
2677 case 32:
2678 ptralign = 2;
2679 break;
2680
2681 case 64:
2682 ptralign = 3;
2683 break;
2684
2685 default:
2686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2687 return FALSE;
2688 }
2689
2690 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2691 if (htab == NULL)
2692 return FALSE;
2693
2694 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2695 return TRUE;
2696
2697 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2698 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2699
2700 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2701 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2702
2703 pltflags = flags;
2704 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2705 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2706 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2707 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2708 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2709
2710 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2711 htab->splt = s;
2712 if (s == NULL
2713 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2714 return FALSE;
2715
2716 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2717 {
2718 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2719 .plt section. */
2720 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2721 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2722
2723 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2724 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2725 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2726 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2727 return FALSE;
2728
2729 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2730 h->def_regular = 1;
2731 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2732 htab->root.hplt = h;
2733
2734 if (info->shared
2735 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2736 return FALSE;
2737 }
2738
2739 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2740 bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742 htab->srelplt = s;
2743 if (s == NULL
2744 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745 return FALSE;
2746
2747 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2748 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749 return FALSE;
2750
2751 {
2752 const char *secname;
2753 char *relname;
2754 flagword secflags;
2755 asection *sec;
2756
2757 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2758 {
2759 secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2760 if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2761 || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2762 continue;
2763 secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2764 relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2765 strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2766 strcat (relname, secname);
2767 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2768 continue;
2769 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2770 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2771 if (s == NULL
2772 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2773 return FALSE;
2774 }
2775 }
2776
2777 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2778 {
2779 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2780 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2781 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2782 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2783 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2784 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2785 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2786 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2787 htab->sdynbss = s;
2788 if (s == NULL)
2789 return FALSE;
2790
2791 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2792 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2793 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2794 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2795 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2796 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2797 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2798 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2799 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2800 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2801 copy relocs. */
2802 if (! info->shared)
2803 {
2804 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2805 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2806 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2807 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2808 htab->srelbss = s;
2809 if (s == NULL
2810 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2811 return FALSE;
2812 }
2813 }
2814
2815 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2816 {
2817 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2818 return FALSE;
2819 }
2820
2821 return TRUE;
2822 }
2823 \f
2824 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2825 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2826 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2827 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2828 understand. */
2829
2830 static bfd_boolean
2831 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2832 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2833 {
2834 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2835 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2836 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2837 asection *s;
2838
2839 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2840 if (htab == NULL)
2841 return FALSE;
2842
2843 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2845 && (h->needs_plt
2846 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2847 || (h->def_dynamic
2848 && h->ref_regular
2849 && !h->def_regular)));
2850
2851 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2852 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2853 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2854 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2855 || h->needs_plt)
2856 {
2857 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2858 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2859 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2860 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2861 {
2862 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2863 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2864 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2865 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2866 reloc instead. */
2867 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2868 h->needs_plt = 0;
2869 }
2870
2871 return TRUE;
2872 }
2873 else
2874 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2875
2876 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2877 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2878 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2879 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2880 {
2881 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2882 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2883 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2884 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2885 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2886 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2887 return TRUE;
2888 }
2889
2890 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2891 is not a function. */
2892
2893 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2894 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2895 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2896 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2897 if (info->shared)
2898 return TRUE;
2899
2900 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2901 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2902 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2903 return TRUE;
2904
2905 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2906 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2907 {
2908 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2909 return TRUE;
2910 }
2911
2912 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2913 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2914 {
2915 s = p->sec->output_section;
2916 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2917 break;
2918 }
2919
2920 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2921 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2922 the copy reloc. */
2923 if (p == NULL)
2924 {
2925 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2926 return TRUE;
2927 }
2928
2929 if (h->size == 0)
2930 {
2931 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2932 h->root.root.string);
2933 return TRUE;
2934 }
2935
2936 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2937 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2938 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2939 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2940 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2941 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2942 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2943 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2944 same memory location for the variable. */
2945
2946 s = htab->sdynbss;
2947 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2948
2949 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2950 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2951 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2952 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2953 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2954 {
2955 asection *srel;
2956
2957 srel = htab->srelbss;
2958 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2959 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2960 h->needs_copy = 1;
2961 }
2962
2963 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2964 }
2965
2966 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2967 dynamic relocs. */
2968
2969 static bfd_boolean
2970 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2971 {
2972 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2973 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2974 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2975 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2976
2977 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2978 return TRUE;
2979
2980 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2981 /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2982 entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2983 symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
2984 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2985
2986 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2987 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2988 if (htab == NULL)
2989 return FALSE;
2990
2991 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2992 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2993 || h->forced_local)
2994 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2995 {
2996 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2997 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2998 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2999 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
3000 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
3001 }
3002
3003 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3004 && h->plt.refcount > 0
3005 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3006 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3007 {
3008 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3009 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3010 if (h->dynindx == -1
3011 && !h->forced_local)
3012 {
3013 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3014 return FALSE;
3015 }
3016
3017 if (info->shared
3018 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3019 {
3020 asection *s = htab->splt;
3021 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3022
3023 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3024 first entry. */
3025 if (s->size == 0)
3026 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3027
3028 h->plt.offset = s->size;
3029
3030 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3031 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3032 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
3033 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3034 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3035 function's address will be the address of the canonical
3036 function descriptor. */
3037 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3038 {
3039 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3040 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3041 }
3042
3043 /* Make room for this entry. */
3044 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3045 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3046 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3047 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3048 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3049
3050 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3051 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3052 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3053 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3054 else
3055 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3056
3057 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3058 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3059
3060 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3061 {
3062 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3063 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3064 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3065
3066 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3067 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3068 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3069 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3070
3071 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3072 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3073 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3074 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3075 }
3076 }
3077 else
3078 {
3079 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080 h->needs_plt = 0;
3081 }
3082 }
3083 else
3084 {
3085 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3086 h->needs_plt = 0;
3087 }
3088
3089 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3090 {
3091 asection *s;
3092 bfd_boolean dyn;
3093 int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3094
3095 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3096 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3097 if (h->dynindx == -1
3098 && !h->forced_local)
3099 {
3100 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3101 return FALSE;
3102 }
3103
3104 s = htab->sgot;
3105 h->got.offset = s->size;
3106 s->size += 4;
3107 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3108 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3109 s->size += 4;
3110 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3111 if (!dyn)
3112 {
3113 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3114 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3115 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3116 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3117 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3118 }
3119 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3120 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3121 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3122 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3123 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3124 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3125 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3126 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3127 {
3128 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3129 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3130 else
3131 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132 }
3133 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3134 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3135 && (info->shared
3136 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3137 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3138 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3139 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3140 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3141 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3142 }
3143 else
3144 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3145
3146 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3147 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3148 {
3149 asection *s;
3150 bfd_boolean dyn;
3151
3152 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3153 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3154 if (h->dynindx == -1
3155 && !h->forced_local)
3156 {
3157 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3158 return FALSE;
3159 }
3160
3161 s = htab->sgot;
3162 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3163 s->size += 4;
3164 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3165 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3166 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3167 }
3168 else
3169 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3170 #endif
3171
3172 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3173 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3174 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3175 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3176 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3177 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3178 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3179 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3180 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3181 {
3182 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3183 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3184 else
3185 htab->srelgot->size
3186 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3187 }
3188
3189 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3190 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3191 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3192 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3193 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3194 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3195 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3196 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3197 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3198 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3199 {
3200 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3201 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3202 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3203
3204 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3205 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3206 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3207 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3208 else
3209 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3210 }
3211
3212 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3213 return TRUE;
3214
3215 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3216 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3217 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3218 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3219 visibility changes. */
3220
3221 if (info->shared)
3222 {
3223 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3224 {
3225 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3226
3227 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3228 {
3229 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3230 p->pc_count = 0;
3231 if (p->count == 0)
3232 *pp = p->next;
3233 else
3234 pp = &p->next;
3235 }
3236 }
3237
3238 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3239 {
3240 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3241
3242 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3243 {
3244 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3245 *pp = p->next;
3246 else
3247 pp = &p->next;
3248 }
3249 }
3250
3251 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3252 visibility. */
3253 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3254 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3255 {
3256 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3257 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3258
3259 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3260 symbol in PIEs. */
3261 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3262 && !h->forced_local)
3263 {
3264 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3265 return FALSE;
3266 }
3267 }
3268 }
3269 else
3270 {
3271 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3272 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3273 dynamic. */
3274
3275 if (!h->non_got_ref
3276 && ((h->def_dynamic
3277 && !h->def_regular)
3278 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3279 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3280 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3281 {
3282 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3283 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3284 if (h->dynindx == -1
3285 && !h->forced_local)
3286 {
3287 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3288 return FALSE;
3289 }
3290
3291 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3292 relocs. */
3293 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3294 goto keep;
3295 }
3296
3297 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3298
3299 keep: ;
3300 }
3301
3302 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3303 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3304 {
3305 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3306 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3307
3308 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3309 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3310 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3311 }
3312
3313 return TRUE;
3314 }
3315
3316 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3317
3318 static bfd_boolean
3319 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3320 {
3321 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3322 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3323
3324 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3325 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3326
3327 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3328 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3329 {
3330 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3331
3332 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3333 {
3334 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3335
3336 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3337
3338 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3339 return FALSE;
3340 }
3341 }
3342 return TRUE;
3343 }
3344
3345 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3346 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3347 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3348
3349 static bfd_boolean
3350 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3351 {
3352 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3353
3354 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3355 {
3356 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3357
3358 /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created. */
3359 if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3360 elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3361
3362 /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet. */
3363 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3364 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3365 if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3366 || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3367 || !h->def_regular)
3368 {
3369 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3370
3371 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3372 (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3373 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3374 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3375 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3376 return FALSE;
3377
3378 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3379 h->def_regular = 1;
3380 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3381 }
3382 }
3383 return TRUE;
3384 }
3385
3386 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3387
3388 static bfd_boolean
3389 sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3390 {
3391 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3393 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3394
3395 /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3396 sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (). */
3397 if (! info)
3398 return TRUE;
3399
3400 for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3401 if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3402 break;
3403
3404 if (m)
3405 {
3406 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3407
3408 /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol. */
3409 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3410 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3411 if (h)
3412 {
3413 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3414 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3415 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3416 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3417 }
3418
3419 /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value. We
3420 intentionally ignore the symbol section. */
3421 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3422 p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3423 else
3424 p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3425
3426 p->p_align = 8;
3427 }
3428
3429 return TRUE;
3430 }
3431
3432 #endif
3433
3434 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3435
3436 static bfd_boolean
3437 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3438 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3439 {
3440 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3441 bfd *dynobj;
3442 asection *s;
3443 bfd_boolean relocs;
3444 bfd *ibfd;
3445
3446 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3447 if (htab == NULL)
3448 return FALSE;
3449
3450 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3451 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3452
3453 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3454 {
3455 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3456 if (info->executable)
3457 {
3458 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3459 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3460 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3461 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3462 }
3463 }
3464
3465 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3466 relocs. */
3467 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3468 {
3469 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3470 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3471 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3472 char *local_got_type;
3473 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3474 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3475 asection *srel;
3476
3477 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3478 continue;
3479
3480 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3481 {
3482 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3483
3484 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3485 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3486 p != NULL;
3487 p = p->next)
3488 {
3489 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3490 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3491 {
3492 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3493 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3494 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3495 the relocs too. */
3496 }
3497 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3498 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3499 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3500 {
3501 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3502 handled specially by the loader. */
3503 }
3504 else if (p->count != 0)
3505 {
3506 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3507 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3508 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3509 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3510
3511 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3512 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3513 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3514 }
3515 }
3516 }
3517
3518 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3519 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3520 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3521 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3522 locsymcount *= 2;
3523 #endif
3524 s = htab->sgot;
3525 srel = htab->srelgot;
3526
3527 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3528 if (local_got)
3529 {
3530 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3531 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3532 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3533 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3534 {
3535 if (*local_got > 0)
3536 {
3537 *local_got = s->size;
3538 s->size += 4;
3539 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3540 s->size += 4;
3541 if (info->shared)
3542 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3543 else
3544 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3545
3546 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3547 {
3548 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3549 {
3550 bfd_size_type size;
3551
3552 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3553 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3554 size);
3555 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3556 return FALSE;
3557 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3558 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3559 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3560 }
3561 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3562 ++local_funcdesc;
3563 }
3564 }
3565 else
3566 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3567 ++local_got_type;
3568 }
3569 }
3570
3571 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3572 if (local_funcdesc)
3573 {
3574 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3575
3576 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3577 {
3578 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3579 {
3580 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3581 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3582 if (!info->shared)
3583 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3584 else
3585 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3586 }
3587 else
3588 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3589 }
3590 }
3591
3592 }
3593
3594 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3595 {
3596 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3597 relocs. */
3598 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3599 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3600 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3601 }
3602 else
3603 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3604
3605 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3606 the end of .got.plt. */
3607 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3608 {
3609 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3610 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3611 }
3612
3613 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3614 sym dynamic relocs. */
3615 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3616
3617 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3618 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3619 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3620 {
3621 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3622 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3623 }
3624
3625 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3626 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3627 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3628
3629 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3630 Allocate memory for them. */
3631 relocs = FALSE;
3632 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3633 {
3634 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3635 continue;
3636
3637 if (s == htab->splt
3638 || s == htab->sgot
3639 || s == htab->sgotplt
3640 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3641 || s == htab->srofixup
3642 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3643 {
3644 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3645 comment below. */
3646 }
3647 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3648 {
3649 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3650 relocs = TRUE;
3651
3652 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3653 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3654 s->reloc_count = 0;
3655 }
3656 else
3657 {
3658 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3659 continue;
3660 }
3661
3662 if (s->size == 0)
3663 {
3664 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3665 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3666 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3667 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3668 before the linker maps input sections to output
3669 sections. The linker does that before
3670 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3671 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3672 into these sections. */
3673
3674 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3675 continue;
3676 }
3677
3678 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3679 continue;
3680
3681 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3682 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3683 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3684 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3685 of garbage. */
3686 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3687 if (s->contents == NULL)
3688 return FALSE;
3689 }
3690
3691 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3692 {
3693 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3694 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3695 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3696 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3697 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3698 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3699 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3700
3701 if (info->executable)
3702 {
3703 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3704 return FALSE;
3705 }
3706
3707 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3708 {
3709 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3710 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3711 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3712 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3713 return FALSE;
3714 }
3715 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3716 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3717 {
3718 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3719 return FALSE;
3720 }
3721
3722 if (relocs)
3723 {
3724 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3725 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3726 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3727 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3728 return FALSE;
3729
3730 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3731 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3732 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3733 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3734
3735 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3736 {
3737 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3738 return FALSE;
3739 }
3740 }
3741 if (htab->vxworks_p
3742 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3743 return FALSE;
3744 }
3745 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3746
3747 return TRUE;
3748 }
3749 \f
3750 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3751
3752 inline static bfd_vma
3753 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3754 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3755 {
3756 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3757 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3758
3759 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3760 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3761 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3762
3763 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3764 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3765 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3766 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3767 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3768
3769 return reloc_offset;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3773
3774 inline static void
3775 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3776 {
3777 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3778
3779 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3780 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3782 }
3783
3784 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3785 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3786
3787 static bfd_signed_vma
3788 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3789 {
3790 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3791 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3792 }
3793
3794 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3795 located. */
3796
3797 static unsigned
3798 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3799 {
3800 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd,
3801 osec);
3802
3803 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3804 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3805 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3806 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3807 }
3808
3809 static bfd_boolean
3810 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3811 {
3812 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3813
3814 return ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W);
3815 }
3816
3817 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3818 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3819 static bfd_boolean
3820 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3821 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3822 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3823 bfd_vma offset,
3824 asection *section,
3825 bfd_vma value)
3826 {
3827 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3828 int dynindx;
3829 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3830
3831 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3832
3833 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3834 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3835 go in the reloc instead... */
3836
3837 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3838 {
3839 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3840 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3841 }
3842
3843 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3844 {
3845 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3846 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3847 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3848 }
3849 else
3850 {
3851 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3852 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3853 addr = seg = 0;
3854 }
3855
3856 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3857 {
3858 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3859 {
3860 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3861 offset
3862 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3863 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3864 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3865 offset + 4
3866 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3867 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3868 }
3869
3870 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3871 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3872 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3873 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3874 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3875 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3876 }
3877 else
3878 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3879 offset
3880 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3881 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3882 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3883
3884 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3885 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3886
3887 return TRUE;
3888 }
3889
3890 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3891 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3892 otherwise. */
3893
3894 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3895 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3896 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3897 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3898 {
3899 unsigned long cur_val;
3900 bfd_byte *addr;
3901 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3902
3903 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3904 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3905
3906 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3907 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3908 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3909 return r;
3910
3911 addr = contents + offset;
3912 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3913 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3914 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3915
3916 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3917 }
3918
3919 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3920
3921 static bfd_boolean
3922 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3923 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3924 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3925 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3926 asection **local_sections)
3927 {
3928 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3929 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3930 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3931 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3932 bfd *dynobj;
3933 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3934 asection *sgot;
3935 asection *sgotplt;
3936 asection *splt;
3937 asection *sreloc;
3938 asection *srelgot;
3939 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3940 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3941
3942 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3943
3944 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3945 if (htab == NULL)
3946 return FALSE;
3947 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3948 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3949 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3950 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3951
3952 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3953 input_section->output_section);
3954 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->sgot)
3955 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3956 htab->sgot->output_section);
3957 else
3958 got_segment = -1;
3959 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->splt)
3960 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3961 htab->splt->output_section);
3962 else
3963 plt_segment = -1;
3964
3965 sgot = htab->sgot;
3966 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3967 splt = htab->splt;
3968 sreloc = NULL;
3969 srelgot = NULL;
3970 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3971 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3972 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3973 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3974 ".tls_vars"));
3975
3976 rel = relocs;
3977 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3978 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3979 {
3980 int r_type;
3981 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3982 unsigned long r_symndx;
3983 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3984 asection *sec;
3985 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3986 bfd_vma relocation;
3987 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3988 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3989 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3990 bfd_vma off;
3991 int got_type;
3992 const char *symname = NULL;
3993
3994 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3995
3996 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3997
3998 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3999 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
4000 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
4001 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
4002 continue;
4003 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
4004 continue;
4005
4006 if (r_type < 0
4007 || r_type >= R_SH_max
4008 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4009 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4010 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4011 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4012 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4013 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4014 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4015 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4016 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4017 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4018 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4019 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4020 {
4021 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4022 return FALSE;
4023 }
4024
4025 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4026
4027 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4028 the relocation. */
4029 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4030 addend = rel->r_addend;
4031
4032 h = NULL;
4033 sym = NULL;
4034 sec = NULL;
4035 check_segment[0] = -1;
4036 check_segment[1] = -1;
4037 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4038 {
4039 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4040 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4041
4042 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4043 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4044 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4045 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4046
4047 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4048 + sec->output_offset
4049 + sym->st_value);
4050 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4051 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
4052 without notice. */
4053 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4054 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4055 (info,
4056 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4057 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4058
4059 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4060 /* Handled below. */
4061 ;
4062 else if (info->relocatable)
4063 {
4064 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
4065 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4066 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4067 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
4068 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4069 {
4070 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4071 {
4072 /* For relocations with the addend in the
4073 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4074 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4075 code is mostly for completeness. */
4076 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4077
4078 continue;
4079 }
4080
4081 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4082 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4083 from the changed location of the section symbol.
4084 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4085 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4086 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4087 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4088 final link. */
4089 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4090 sec->output_offset
4091 + sym->st_value,
4092 contents + rel->r_offset);
4093 goto relocation_done;
4094 }
4095
4096 continue;
4097 }
4098 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4099 {
4100 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4101 addend = rel->r_addend;
4102 }
4103 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4104 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4105 {
4106 asection *msec;
4107
4108 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4109 {
4110 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4111 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4112 input_bfd, input_section,
4113 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4114 return FALSE;
4115 }
4116
4117 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4118 msec = sec;
4119 addend =
4120 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4121 - relocation;
4122 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4123 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4124 addend = 0;
4125 }
4126 }
4127 else
4128 {
4129 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4130
4131 relocation = 0;
4132 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4133 symname = h->root.root.string;
4134 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4135 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4136 {
4137 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4138 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4139 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4140 doesn't count. */
4141 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4142 #endif
4143 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4144 }
4145 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4146 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4147 {
4148 bfd_boolean dyn;
4149
4150 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4151 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4152 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4153 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4154 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4155 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4156 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4157 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4158 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4159 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4160 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4161 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4162 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4163 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4164 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4165 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4166 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4167 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4168 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4169 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4170 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4171 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4172 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4173 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4174 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4175 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4176 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4177 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4178 && (! info->shared
4179 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4180 || !h->def_regular))
4181 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4182 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4183 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4184 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4185 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4186 || (info->shared
4187 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4188 || !h->def_regular)
4189 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4190 && !h->forced_local)
4191 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4192 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4193 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4194 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4195 sections against symbols defined externally
4196 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4197 with them here. */
4198 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4199 && h->def_dynamic)))
4200 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4201 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4202 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4203 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4204 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4205 && h->def_dynamic))
4206 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4207 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4208 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4209 ;
4210 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4211 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4212 + sec->output_section->vma
4213 + sec->output_offset)
4214 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4215 symbol value, unless we've seen
4216 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4217 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4218 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4219 else if (!info->relocatable)
4220 {
4221 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4222 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4223 input_bfd,
4224 input_section,
4225 (long) rel->r_offset,
4226 howto->name,
4227 h->root.root.string);
4228 return FALSE;
4229 }
4230 }
4231 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4232 ;
4233 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4234 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4235 ;
4236 else if (!info->relocatable)
4237 {
4238 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4239 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4240 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4241 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4242 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4243 return FALSE;
4244 }
4245 }
4246
4247 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4248 {
4249 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
4250 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
4251 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
4252 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4253 rel->r_info = 0;
4254 rel->r_addend = 0;
4255 continue;
4256 }
4257
4258 if (info->relocatable)
4259 continue;
4260
4261 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4262 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4263 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4264 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4265 if (sec != NULL)
4266 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4267 sec->output_section);
4268 else
4269 check_segment[1] = -1;
4270
4271 switch ((int) r_type)
4272 {
4273 final_link_relocate:
4274 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4275 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4276 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4277 contents, rel->r_offset,
4278 relocation, addend);
4279 break;
4280
4281 case R_SH_IND12W:
4282 goto final_link_relocate;
4283
4284 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4285 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4286 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4287 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4288 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4289 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4290 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4291 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4292 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4293 != relocation)
4294 {
4295 int disp = (relocation
4296 - input_section->output_section->vma
4297 - input_section->output_offset
4298 - rel->r_offset);
4299 int mask = 0;
4300 switch (r_type)
4301 {
4302 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4303 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4304 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4305 default: mask = 0; break;
4306 }
4307 if (disp & mask)
4308 {
4309 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4310 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4311 input_section->owner,
4312 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4313 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4314 return FALSE;
4315 }
4316 relocation -= 4;
4317 goto final_link_relocate;
4318 }
4319 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4320 break;
4321
4322 default:
4323 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4324 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4325 contents, rel, &relocation))
4326 goto final_link_relocate;
4327 #endif
4328 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4329 return FALSE;
4330
4331 case R_SH_DIR16:
4332 case R_SH_DIR8:
4333 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4334 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4335 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4336 goto final_link_relocate;
4337
4338 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4339 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4340 if (relocation & 3)
4341 {
4342 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4343 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4344 input_section->owner,
4345 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4346 (unsigned long) relocation));
4347 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4348 return FALSE;
4349 }
4350 goto final_link_relocate;
4351
4352 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4353 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4354 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4355 if (relocation & 1)
4356 {
4357 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4358 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4359 input_section->owner,
4360 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4361 (unsigned long) relocation));
4362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4363 return FALSE;
4364 }
4365 goto final_link_relocate;
4366
4367 case R_SH_PSHA:
4368 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4369 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4370 {
4371 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4372 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4373 input_section->owner,
4374 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4375 (unsigned long) relocation));
4376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4377 return FALSE;
4378 }
4379 goto final_link_relocate;
4380
4381 case R_SH_PSHL:
4382 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4383 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4384 {
4385 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4386 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4387 input_section->owner,
4388 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4389 (unsigned long) relocation));
4390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4391 return FALSE;
4392 }
4393 goto final_link_relocate;
4394
4395 case R_SH_DIR32:
4396 case R_SH_REL32:
4397 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4398 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4399 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4400 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4401 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4402 #endif
4403 if (info->shared
4404 && (h == NULL
4405 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4406 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4407 && r_symndx != 0
4408 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4409 && !is_vxworks_tls
4410 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4411 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4412 {
4413 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4414 bfd_byte *loc;
4415 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4416
4417 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4418 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4419 time. */
4420
4421 if (sreloc == NULL)
4422 {
4423 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4424 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4425 if (sreloc == NULL)
4426 return FALSE;
4427 }
4428
4429 skip = FALSE;
4430 relocate = FALSE;
4431
4432 outrel.r_offset =
4433 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4434 rel->r_offset);
4435 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4436 skip = TRUE;
4437 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4438 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4439 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4440 + input_section->output_offset);
4441
4442 if (skip)
4443 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4444 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4445 {
4446 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4447 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4448 outrel.r_addend
4449 = (howto->partial_inplace
4450 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4451 : addend);
4452 }
4453 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4454 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4455 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4456 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4457 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4458 {
4459 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4460 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4461 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4462 }
4463 #endif
4464 else if (htab->fdpic_p
4465 && (h == NULL
4466 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4467 && h->def_regular)))
4468 {
4469 int dynindx;
4470
4471 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4472 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4473 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4474 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4475 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4476 outrel.r_addend
4477 += (howto->partial_inplace
4478 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4479 : addend);
4480 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4481 }
4482 else
4483 {
4484 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4485 become local. */
4486 if (h == NULL
4487 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4488 && h->def_regular))
4489 {
4490 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4491 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4492 }
4493 else
4494 {
4495 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4496 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4497 }
4498 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4499 outrel.r_addend
4500 += (howto->partial_inplace
4501 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4502 : addend);
4503 }
4504
4505 loc = sreloc->contents;
4506 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4508
4509 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4510
4511 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4512 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4513 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4514 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4515 if (! relocate)
4516 continue;
4517 }
4518 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
4519 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4520 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4521 {
4522 bfd_vma offset;
4523
4524 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4525 input_section->output_section))
4526 {
4527 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4528 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4529 input_bfd,
4530 input_section,
4531 (long) rel->r_offset,
4532 symname);
4533 return FALSE;
4534 }
4535
4536 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4537 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4538 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4539 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4540 input_section->output_section->vma
4541 + input_section->output_offset
4542 + rel->r_offset);
4543
4544 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4545 }
4546 goto final_link_relocate;
4547
4548 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4549 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4550 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4551 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4552 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4553 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4554 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4555 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4556 #endif
4557 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4558 procedure linkage table. */
4559
4560 if (h == NULL
4561 || h->forced_local
4562 || ! info->shared
4563 || info->symbolic
4564 || h->dynindx == -1
4565 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4566 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4567 goto force_got;
4568
4569 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4570 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4571
4572 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4573 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4574 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4575 + 3) * 4);
4576
4577 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4578 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4579 #endif
4580
4581 goto final_link_relocate;
4582
4583 force_got:
4584 case R_SH_GOT32:
4585 case R_SH_GOT20:
4586 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4587 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4588 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4589 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4590 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4591 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4592 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4593 #endif
4594 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4595 offset table. */
4596
4597 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4598 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4599
4600 if (h != NULL)
4601 {
4602 bfd_boolean dyn;
4603
4604 off = h->got.offset;
4605 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4606 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4607 {
4608 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4609
4610 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4611 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4612 }
4613 #endif
4614 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4615
4616 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4617 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4618 || (info->shared
4619 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4620 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4621 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4622 {
4623 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4624 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4625 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4626 because of a version file. We must initialize
4627 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4628 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4629 least significant bit to record whether we have
4630 initialized it already.
4631
4632 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4633 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4634 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4635 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4636 off &= ~1;
4637 else
4638 {
4639 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4640 sgot->contents + off);
4641 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4642 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4643 {
4644 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4645
4646 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4647 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4648 }
4649 else
4650 #endif
4651 h->got.offset |= 1;
4652
4653 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4654 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4655 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
4656 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4657 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4658 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4659 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4660 sgot->output_section->vma
4661 + sgot->output_offset
4662 + off);
4663 }
4664 }
4665
4666 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4667 }
4668 else
4669 {
4670 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4671 if (rel->r_addend)
4672 {
4673 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4674 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4675 + r_symndx]
4676 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4677
4678 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4679 + r_symndx];
4680 }
4681 else
4682 {
4683 #endif
4684 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4685 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4686
4687 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4688 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4689 }
4690 #endif
4691
4692 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4693 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4694 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4695 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4696 off &= ~1;
4697 else
4698 {
4699 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4700
4701 if (info->shared)
4702 {
4703 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4704 bfd_byte *loc;
4705
4706 if (srelgot == NULL)
4707 {
4708 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4709 ".rela.got");
4710 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4711 }
4712
4713 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4714 + sgot->output_offset
4715 + off);
4716 if (htab->fdpic_p)
4717 {
4718 int dynindx
4719 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4720 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4721 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4722 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4723 }
4724 else
4725 {
4726 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4727 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4728 }
4729 loc = srelgot->contents;
4730 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4731 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4732 }
4733 else if (htab->fdpic_p
4734 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4735 == GOT_NORMAL))
4736 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4737 sgot->output_section->vma
4738 + sgot->output_offset
4739 + off);
4740
4741 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4742 if (rel->r_addend)
4743 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4744 else
4745 #endif
4746 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4747 }
4748
4749 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4750 }
4751
4752 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4753 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4754 #endif
4755
4756 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4757 {
4758 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4759 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4760 rel->r_offset);
4761 break;
4762 }
4763 else
4764 goto final_link_relocate;
4765
4766 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4767 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4768 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4769 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4770 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4771 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4772 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4773 #endif
4774 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4775 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4776 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4777 descriptors in front of it. */
4778 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4779 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4780 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4781 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4782
4783 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4784 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4785 #endif
4786
4787 addend = rel->r_addend;
4788
4789 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4790 {
4791 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4792 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4793 rel->r_offset);
4794 break;
4795 }
4796 else
4797 goto final_link_relocate;
4798
4799 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4800 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4801 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4802 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4803 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4804 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4805 #endif
4806 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4807
4808 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4809 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4810
4811 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4812 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4813 #endif
4814
4815 addend = rel->r_addend;
4816
4817 goto final_link_relocate;
4818
4819 case R_SH_PLT32:
4820 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4821 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4822 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4823 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4824 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4825 #endif
4826 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4827 procedure linkage table. */
4828
4829 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4830 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4831 if (h == NULL)
4832 goto final_link_relocate;
4833
4834 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4835 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4836 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4837 behavior. */
4838 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4839 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4840
4841 if (h->forced_local)
4842 goto final_link_relocate;
4843
4844 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4845 {
4846 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4847 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4848 using -Bsymbolic. */
4849 goto final_link_relocate;
4850 }
4851
4852 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4853 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4854 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4855 + splt->output_offset
4856 + h->plt.offset);
4857
4858 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4859 relocation++;
4860 #endif
4861
4862 addend = rel->r_addend;
4863
4864 goto final_link_relocate;
4865
4866 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4867 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4868 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4869 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4870 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4871 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4872 {
4873 int dynindx = -1;
4874 asection *reloc_section;
4875 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4876 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4877
4878 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4879
4880 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4881 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4882 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4883 does. */
4884
4885 relocation = 0;
4886 addend = 0;
4887
4888 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4889 {
4890 reloc_section = input_section;
4891 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4892 }
4893 else
4894 {
4895 reloc_section = htab->sgot;
4896
4897 if (h != NULL)
4898 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4899 else
4900 {
4901 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4902 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4903 }
4904 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4905
4906 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4907 {
4908 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4909 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4910 }
4911 }
4912
4913 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4914 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4915 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4916 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4917 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4918 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4919 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4920 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4921 {
4922 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4923 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4924 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4925 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4926 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4927 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4928 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4929 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4930 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4931 + h->root.u.def.value;
4932 }
4933 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4934 {
4935 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4936 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4937 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4938 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4939 descriptor. */
4940 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4941 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4942 }
4943 else
4944 {
4945 bfd_vma offset;
4946
4947 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4948 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4949 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4950 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4951 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4952
4953 if (h)
4954 {
4955 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4956 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4957 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4958 {
4959 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4960 offset, NULL, 0))
4961 return FALSE;
4962 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4963 }
4964 }
4965 else
4966 {
4967 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4968
4969 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4970 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4971 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4972 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4973 {
4974 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4975 offset, sec,
4976 sym->st_value))
4977 return FALSE;
4978 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4979 }
4980 }
4981
4982 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4983 }
4984
4985 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4986 {
4987 bfd_vma offset;
4988
4989 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4990 reloc_section->output_section))
4991 {
4992 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4993 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4994 input_bfd,
4995 input_section,
4996 (long) rel->r_offset,
4997 symname);
4998 return FALSE;
4999 }
5000
5001 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5002 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5003
5004 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5005 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
5006 offset
5007 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5008 + reloc_section->output_offset);
5009 }
5010 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5011 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5012 {
5013 bfd_vma offset;
5014
5015 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5016 reloc_section->output_section))
5017 {
5018 info->callbacks->warning
5019 (info,
5020 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5021 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5022 return FALSE;
5023 }
5024
5025 if (srelgot == NULL)
5026 {
5027 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5028 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5029 }
5030
5031 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5032 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5033
5034 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5035 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5036 offset
5037 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5038 + reloc_section->output_offset,
5039 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5040
5041 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5042 {
5043 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5044 break;
5045 }
5046 else
5047 {
5048 relocation = 0;
5049 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5050 }
5051 }
5052
5053 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5054 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5055 funcdesc_leave_zero:
5056 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5057 {
5058 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5059 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5060 if (h != NULL)
5061 h->got.offset |= 1;
5062 else
5063 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5064
5065 funcdesc_done_got:
5066
5067 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5068 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5069 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5070 #endif
5071 }
5072 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5073 {
5074 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5075 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5076 rel->r_offset);
5077 break;
5078 }
5079 else
5080 goto final_link_relocate;
5081 }
5082 break;
5083
5084 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5085 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5086 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5087 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
5088 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5089 for them. */
5090
5091 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5092 relocation = 0;
5093 addend = rel->r_addend;
5094
5095 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5096 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5097 {
5098 _bfd_error_handler
5099 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5100 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5101 h->root.root.string);
5102 return FALSE;
5103 }
5104 else
5105 {
5106 bfd_vma offset;
5107
5108 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5109 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5110 if (h)
5111 {
5112 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5113 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5114 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5115 {
5116 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5117 offset, NULL, 0))
5118 return FALSE;
5119 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5120 }
5121 }
5122 else
5123 {
5124 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5125
5126 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5127 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5128 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5129 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5130 {
5131 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5132 offset, sec,
5133 sym->st_value))
5134 return FALSE;
5135 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5136 }
5137 }
5138
5139 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5140 }
5141
5142 relocation -= htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5143 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset;
5144 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5145 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5146 #endif
5147
5148 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5149 {
5150 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5151 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5152 rel->r_offset);
5153 break;
5154 }
5155 else
5156 goto final_link_relocate;
5157
5158 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5159 {
5160 static bfd_vma start, end;
5161
5162 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5163 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5164 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5165 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5166 break;
5167
5168 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5169 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5170 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5171 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5172 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5173 break;
5174 }
5175
5176 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5177 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5178 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5179 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5180 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5181 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5182 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5183 else if (h != NULL)
5184 {
5185 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5186 if (! info->shared
5187 && (h->dynindx == -1
5188 || h->def_regular))
5189 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5190 }
5191
5192 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5193 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5194
5195 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5196 {
5197 bfd_vma offset;
5198 unsigned short insn;
5199
5200 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5201 {
5202 /* GD->LE transition:
5203 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5204 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5205 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5206 We change it into:
5207 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5208 nop; nop; ...
5209 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5210
5211 offset = rel->r_offset;
5212 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5213 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5214 offset -= 16;
5215 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5216 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5217 {
5218 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5219 offset -= 2;
5220 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5221 }
5222
5223 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5224 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5225 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5226 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5227 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5228 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5229 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5230 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5231 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5232 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5233 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5234
5235 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5236 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5237 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5238 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5239 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5240 }
5241 else
5242 {
5243 int target;
5244
5245 /* IE->LE transition:
5246 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5247 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5248 We change it into:
5249 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5250 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5251
5252 offset = rel->r_offset;
5253 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5254 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5255 offset -= 10;
5256 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5257 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5258 {
5259 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5260 offset -= 2;
5261 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5262 }
5263
5264 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5265 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5266 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5267 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5268 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5269 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5270 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5271 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5272 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5273 }
5274
5275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5276 contents + rel->r_offset);
5277 continue;
5278 }
5279
5280 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5281 abort ();
5282
5283 if (h != NULL)
5284 off = h->got.offset;
5285 else
5286 {
5287 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5288 abort ();
5289
5290 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5291 }
5292
5293 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5294 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5295 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5296 {
5297 off &= ~1;
5298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5299 sgot->contents + off);
5300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5301 contents + rel->r_offset);
5302 continue;
5303 }
5304
5305 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5306 off &= ~1;
5307 else
5308 {
5309 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5310 bfd_byte *loc;
5311 int dr_type, indx;
5312
5313 if (srelgot == NULL)
5314 {
5315 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5316 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5317 }
5318
5319 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5320 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5321
5322 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5323 indx = 0;
5324 else
5325 indx = h->dynindx;
5326
5327 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5328 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5329 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5330 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5331 else
5332 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5333 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5334 loc = srelgot->contents;
5335 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5336 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5337
5338 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5339 {
5340 if (indx == 0)
5341 {
5342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5343 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5344 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5345 }
5346 else
5347 {
5348 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5349 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5350 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5351 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5352 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5353 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5354 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5355 }
5356 }
5357
5358 if (h != NULL)
5359 h->got.offset |= 1;
5360 else
5361 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5362 }
5363
5364 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5365 abort ();
5366
5367 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5368 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5369 else
5370 {
5371 bfd_vma offset;
5372 unsigned short insn;
5373
5374 /* GD->IE transition:
5375 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5376 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5377 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5378 We change it into:
5379 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5380 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5381 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5382
5383 offset = rel->r_offset;
5384 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5385 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5386 offset -= 16;
5387 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5388 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5389 {
5390 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5391 offset -= 2;
5392 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5393 }
5394
5395 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5396
5397 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5398 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5399
5400 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5401 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5402 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5403 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5404 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5405 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5406 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5407 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5408 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5409 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5410
5411 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5412 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5413 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5414 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5415 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5416
5417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5418 contents + rel->r_offset);
5419
5420 continue;
5421 }
5422
5423 addend = rel->r_addend;
5424
5425 goto final_link_relocate;
5426
5427 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5428 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5429 if (! info->shared)
5430 {
5431 bfd_vma offset;
5432 unsigned short insn;
5433
5434 /* LD->LE transition:
5435 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5436 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5437 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5438 We change it into:
5439 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5440 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5441
5442 offset = rel->r_offset;
5443 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5444 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5445 offset -= 16;
5446 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5447 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5448 {
5449 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5450 offset -= 2;
5451 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5452 }
5453
5454 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5455 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5456 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5457 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5458 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5459 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5460 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5461 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5462 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5463 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5464 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5465
5466 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5467 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5468 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5469 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5470 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5471 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5472
5473 continue;
5474 }
5475
5476 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5477 abort ();
5478
5479 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5480 if (off & 1)
5481 off &= ~1;
5482 else
5483 {
5484 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5485 bfd_byte *loc;
5486
5487 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5488 if (srelgot == NULL)
5489 abort ();
5490
5491 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5492 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5493 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5494 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5495 loc = srelgot->contents;
5496 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5498 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5499 }
5500
5501 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5502 addend = rel->r_addend;
5503
5504 goto final_link_relocate;
5505
5506 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5507 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5508 if (! info->shared)
5509 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5510 else
5511 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5512
5513 addend = rel->r_addend;
5514 goto final_link_relocate;
5515
5516 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5517 {
5518 int indx;
5519 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5520 bfd_byte *loc;
5521
5522 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5523
5524 if (! info->shared)
5525 {
5526 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5527 addend = rel->r_addend;
5528 goto final_link_relocate;
5529 }
5530
5531 if (sreloc == NULL)
5532 {
5533 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5534 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5535 if (sreloc == NULL)
5536 return FALSE;
5537 }
5538
5539 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5540 indx = 0;
5541 else
5542 indx = h->dynindx;
5543
5544 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5545 + input_section->output_offset
5546 + rel->r_offset);
5547 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5548 if (indx == 0)
5549 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5550 else
5551 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5552
5553 loc = sreloc->contents;
5554 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5555 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5556 continue;
5557 }
5558 }
5559
5560 relocation_done:
5561 if (htab->fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5562 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5563 {
5564 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5565 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5566 {
5567 if (info->shared)
5568 {
5569 info->callbacks->einfo
5570 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5571 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5572 return FALSE;
5573 }
5574 else
5575 info->callbacks->einfo
5576 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5577 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5578 }
5579
5580 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5581 }
5582
5583 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5584 {
5585 switch (r)
5586 {
5587 default:
5588 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5589 abort ();
5590 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5591 {
5592 const char *name;
5593
5594 if (h != NULL)
5595 name = NULL;
5596 else
5597 {
5598 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5599 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5600 if (name == NULL)
5601 return FALSE;
5602 if (*name == '\0')
5603 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5604 }
5605 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5606 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5607 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5608 rel->r_offset)))
5609 return FALSE;
5610 }
5611 break;
5612 }
5613 }
5614 }
5615
5616 return TRUE;
5617 }
5618
5619 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5620 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5621
5622 static bfd_byte *
5623 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5624 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5625 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5626 bfd_byte *data,
5627 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5628 asymbol **symbols)
5629 {
5630 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5631 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5632 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5633 asection **sections = NULL;
5634 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5635 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5636
5637 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5638 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5639 if (relocatable
5640 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5641 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5642 link_order, data,
5643 relocatable,
5644 symbols);
5645
5646 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5647
5648 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5649 (size_t) input_section->size);
5650
5651 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5652 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5653 {
5654 asection **secpp;
5655 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5656 bfd_size_type amt;
5657
5658 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5659 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5660 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5661 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5662 goto error_return;
5663
5664 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5665 {
5666 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5667 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5668 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5669 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5670 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5671 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5672 goto error_return;
5673 }
5674
5675 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5676 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5677 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5678 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5679 goto error_return;
5680
5681 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5682 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5683 {
5684 asection *isec;
5685
5686 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5687 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5688 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5689 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5690 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5691 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5692 else
5693 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5694
5695 *secpp = isec;
5696 }
5697
5698 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5699 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5700 isymbuf, sections))
5701 goto error_return;
5702
5703 if (sections != NULL)
5704 free (sections);
5705 if (isymbuf != NULL
5706 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5707 free (isymbuf);
5708 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5709 free (internal_relocs);
5710 }
5711
5712 return data;
5713
5714 error_return:
5715 if (sections != NULL)
5716 free (sections);
5717 if (isymbuf != NULL
5718 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5719 free (isymbuf);
5720 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5721 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5722 free (internal_relocs);
5723 return NULL;
5724 }
5725
5726 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5727 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5728 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5729
5730 static bfd_vma
5731 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5732 {
5733 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5734 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5735 return 0;
5736 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5737 }
5738
5739 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5740
5741 static bfd_vma
5742 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5743 {
5744 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5745 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5746 return 0;
5747 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5748 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5749 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5750 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5751 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5752 }
5753
5754 static asection *
5755 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5756 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5757 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5758 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5759 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5760 {
5761 if (h != NULL)
5762 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5763 {
5764 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5765 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5766 return NULL;
5767 }
5768
5769 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5770 }
5771
5772 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5773
5774 static bfd_boolean
5775 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5776 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5777 {
5778 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5779 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5780 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5781 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5782 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5783
5784 if (info->relocatable)
5785 return TRUE;
5786
5787 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5788
5789 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5790 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5791 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5792 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5793
5794 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5795 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5796 {
5797 unsigned long r_symndx;
5798 unsigned int r_type;
5799 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5800 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5801 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5802 #endif
5803
5804 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5805 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5806 {
5807 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5808 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5809 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5810
5811 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5812 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5813 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5814 {
5815 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5816 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5817 #endif
5818 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5819 }
5820 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5821 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5822 if (p->sec == sec)
5823 {
5824 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5825 *pp = p->next;
5826 break;
5827 }
5828 }
5829
5830 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5831 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5832 {
5833 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5834 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5835 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5836 break;
5837
5838 case R_SH_GOT32:
5839 case R_SH_GOT20:
5840 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5841 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5842 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5843 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5844 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5845 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5846 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5847 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5848 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5849 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5850 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5851 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5852 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5853 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5854 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5855 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5856 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5857 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5858 #endif
5859 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5860 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5861 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5862 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5863 if (h != NULL)
5864 {
5865 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5866 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5867 {
5868 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5869 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5870 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5871 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5872 }
5873 else
5874 #endif
5875 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5876 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5877 }
5878 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5879 {
5880 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5881 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5882 {
5883 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5884 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5885 }
5886 else
5887 #endif
5888 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5889 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5890 }
5891 break;
5892
5893 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5894 if (h != NULL)
5895 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5896 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5897 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5898
5899 /* Fall through. */
5900
5901 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5902 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5903 if (h != NULL)
5904 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5905 else
5906 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5907 break;
5908
5909 case R_SH_DIR32:
5910 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5911 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5912 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5913 /* Fall thru */
5914
5915 case R_SH_REL32:
5916 if (info->shared)
5917 break;
5918 /* Fall thru */
5919
5920 case R_SH_PLT32:
5921 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5922 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5923 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5924 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5925 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5926 #endif
5927 if (h != NULL)
5928 {
5929 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5930 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5931 }
5932 break;
5933
5934 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5935 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5936 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5937 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5938 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5939 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5940 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5941 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5942 #endif
5943 if (h != NULL)
5944 {
5945 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5946 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5947 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5948 {
5949 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5950 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5951 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5952 }
5953 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5954 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5955 {
5956 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5957 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5958 }
5959 #endif
5960 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5961 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5962 }
5963 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5964 {
5965 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5966 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5967 {
5968 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5969 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5970 }
5971 else
5972 #endif
5973 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5974 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5975 }
5976 break;
5977
5978 default:
5979 break;
5980 }
5981 }
5982
5983 return TRUE;
5984 }
5985
5986 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5987
5988 static void
5989 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5991 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5992 {
5993 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5994
5995 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5996 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5997
5998 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5999 {
6000 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6001 {
6002 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
6003 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6004
6005 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6006 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
6007 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6008 {
6009 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6010
6011 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6012 if (q->sec == p->sec)
6013 {
6014 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6015 q->count += p->count;
6016 *pp = p->next;
6017 break;
6018 }
6019 if (q == NULL)
6020 pp = &p->next;
6021 }
6022 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6023 }
6024
6025 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6026 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6027 }
6028 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6029 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6030 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6031 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6032 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6033 #endif
6034 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6035 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6036 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6037 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6038
6039 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6040 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6041 {
6042 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6043 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6044 }
6045
6046 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6047 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6048 {
6049 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6050 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6051 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
6052 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6053 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6054 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6055 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6056 }
6057 else
6058 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6059 }
6060
6061 static int
6062 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6063 int is_local)
6064 {
6065 if (info->shared)
6066 return r_type;
6067
6068 switch (r_type)
6069 {
6070 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6071 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6072 if (is_local)
6073 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6074 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6075 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6076 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6077 }
6078
6079 return r_type;
6080 }
6081
6082 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6083 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6084 virtual table relocs for gc. */
6085
6086 static bfd_boolean
6087 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6088 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6089 {
6090 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6091 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6092 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6093 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6094 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6095 asection *sreloc;
6096 unsigned int r_type;
6097 int got_type, old_got_type;
6098
6099 sreloc = NULL;
6100
6101 if (info->relocatable)
6102 return TRUE;
6103
6104 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6105
6106 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6107 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6108
6109 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6110 if (htab == NULL)
6111 return FALSE;
6112
6113 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6114 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6115 {
6116 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6117 unsigned long r_symndx;
6118 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6119 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6120 #endif
6121
6122 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6123 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6124
6125 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6126 h = NULL;
6127 else
6128 {
6129 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6130 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6131 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6132 {
6133 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6134 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6135 #endif
6136 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6137 }
6138 }
6139
6140 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6141 if (! info->shared
6142 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6143 && h != NULL
6144 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6145 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6146 && (h->dynindx == -1
6147 || h->def_regular))
6148 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6149
6150 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6151 switch (r_type)
6152 {
6153 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6154 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6155 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6156 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6157 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6158 if (h != NULL)
6159 {
6160 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6161 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6162 {
6163 case STV_INTERNAL:
6164 case STV_HIDDEN:
6165 break;
6166 default:
6167 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6168 break;
6169 }
6170 }
6171 break;
6172 }
6173
6174 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6175 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6176 {
6177 switch (r_type)
6178 {
6179 case R_SH_DIR32:
6180 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6181 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6182 break;
6183 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6184 case R_SH_GOT32:
6185 case R_SH_GOT20:
6186 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6187 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6188 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6189 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6190 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6191 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6192 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6193 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6194 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6195 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6196 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6197 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6198 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6199 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6200 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6201 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6202 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6203 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6204 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6205 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6206 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6207 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6208 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6209 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6210 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6211 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6212 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6213 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6214 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6215 #endif
6216 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6217 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6218 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6219 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6220 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6221 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6222 return FALSE;
6223 break;
6224
6225 default:
6226 break;
6227 }
6228 }
6229
6230 switch (r_type)
6231 {
6232 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6233 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6234 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6235 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6236 return FALSE;
6237 break;
6238
6239 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6240 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6241 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6242 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6243 if (h != NULL
6244 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6245 return FALSE;
6246 break;
6247
6248 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6249 if (info->shared)
6250 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6251
6252 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6253 force_got:
6254 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6255 case R_SH_GOT32:
6256 case R_SH_GOT20:
6257 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6258 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6259 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6260 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6261 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6262 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6263 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6264 #endif
6265 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6266 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6267 switch (r_type)
6268 {
6269 default:
6270 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6271 break;
6272 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6273 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6274 break;
6275 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6276 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6277 break;
6278 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6279 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6280 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6281 break;
6282 }
6283
6284 if (h != NULL)
6285 {
6286 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6287 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6288 {
6289 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6290 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6291
6292 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6293 }
6294 else
6295 #endif
6296 h->got.refcount += 1;
6297 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6298 }
6299 else
6300 {
6301 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6302
6303 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6304 symbol. */
6305 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6306 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6307 {
6308 bfd_size_type size;
6309
6310 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6311 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6312 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6313 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6314 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6315 size *= 2;
6316 #endif
6317 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6318 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6319 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6320 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6321 return FALSE;
6322 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6323 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6324 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6325 GOT offsets. */
6326 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6327 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6328 #else
6329 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6330 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6331 #endif
6332 }
6333 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6334 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6335 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6336 else
6337 #endif
6338 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6339 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6340 }
6341
6342 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6343 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6344 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6345 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6346 {
6347 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6348 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6349 else
6350 {
6351 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6352 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6353 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6354 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6355 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6356 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6357 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6358 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6359 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6360 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6361 else
6362 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6363 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6364 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6365 return FALSE;
6366 }
6367 }
6368
6369 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6370 {
6371 if (h != NULL)
6372 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6373 else
6374 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6375 }
6376
6377 break;
6378
6379 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6380 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6381 break;
6382
6383 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6384 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6385 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6386 if (rel->r_addend)
6387 {
6388 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6389 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6390 abfd);
6391 return FALSE;
6392 }
6393
6394 if (h == NULL)
6395 {
6396 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6397
6398 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6399 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6400 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6401 {
6402 bfd_size_type size;
6403
6404 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6405 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6406 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6407 size *= 2;
6408 #endif
6409 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6410 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6411 return FALSE;
6412 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6413 }
6414 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6415
6416 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6417 {
6418 if (!info->shared)
6419 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6420 else
6421 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6422 }
6423 }
6424 else
6425 {
6426 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6427 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6428 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6429
6430 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6431 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6432 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6433 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6434 {
6435 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6436 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6437 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6438 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6439 else
6440 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6441 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6442 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6443 }
6444 }
6445 break;
6446
6447 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6448 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6449 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6450 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6451 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6452 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6453 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6454 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6455 #endif
6456 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6457 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6458
6459 if (h == NULL
6460 || h->forced_local
6461 || ! info->shared
6462 || info->symbolic
6463 || h->dynindx == -1)
6464 goto force_got;
6465
6466 h->needs_plt = 1;
6467 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6468 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6469
6470 break;
6471
6472 case R_SH_PLT32:
6473 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6474 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6475 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6476 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6477 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6478 #endif
6479 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6480 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6481 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6482 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6483 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6484 after all. */
6485
6486 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6487 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6488 if (h == NULL)
6489 continue;
6490
6491 if (h->forced_local)
6492 break;
6493
6494 h->needs_plt = 1;
6495 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6496 break;
6497
6498 case R_SH_DIR32:
6499 case R_SH_REL32:
6500 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6501 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6502 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6503 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6504 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6505 #endif
6506 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6507 {
6508 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6509 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6510 }
6511
6512 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6513 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6514 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6515 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6516 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6517 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6518 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6519 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6520 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6521 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6522 possibility below by storing information in the
6523 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6524 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6525 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6526
6527 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6528 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6529 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6530 symbol. */
6531 if ((info->shared
6532 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6533 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6534 || (h != NULL
6535 && (! info->symbolic
6536 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6537 || !h->def_regular))))
6538 || (! info->shared
6539 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6540 && h != NULL
6541 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6542 || !h->def_regular)))
6543 {
6544 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6545 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6546
6547 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6548 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6549
6550 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6551 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6552 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6553 if (sreloc == NULL)
6554 {
6555 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6556 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6557
6558 if (sreloc == NULL)
6559 return FALSE;
6560 }
6561
6562 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6563 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6564 if (h != NULL)
6565 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6566 else
6567 {
6568 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6569 asection *s;
6570 void *vpp;
6571 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6572
6573 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6574 abfd, r_symndx);
6575 if (isym == NULL)
6576 return FALSE;
6577
6578 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6579 if (s == NULL)
6580 s = sec;
6581
6582 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6583 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6584 }
6585
6586 p = *head;
6587 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6588 {
6589 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6590 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6591 if (p == NULL)
6592 return FALSE;
6593 p->next = *head;
6594 *head = p;
6595 p->sec = sec;
6596 p->count = 0;
6597 p->pc_count = 0;
6598 }
6599
6600 p->count += 1;
6601 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6602 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6603 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6604 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6605 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6606 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6607 #endif
6608 )
6609 p->pc_count += 1;
6610 }
6611
6612 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6613 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6614 fixup. */
6615 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6616 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6617 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6618 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6619 break;
6620
6621 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6622 if (info->shared)
6623 {
6624 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6625 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6626 abfd);
6627 return FALSE;
6628 }
6629
6630 break;
6631
6632 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6633 /* Nothing to do. */
6634 break;
6635
6636 default:
6637 break;
6638 }
6639 }
6640
6641 return TRUE;
6642 }
6643
6644 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6645 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6646
6647 static bfd_boolean
6648 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6649 {
6650 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6651
6652 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6653 return FALSE;
6654
6655 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6656 return FALSE;
6657
6658 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6659
6660 return TRUE;
6661 }
6662
6663
6664 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6665 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6666 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6667 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6668
6669 int
6670 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6671 {
6672 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6673
6674 for (; i>0; i--)
6675 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6676 return i;
6677
6678 /* shouldn't get here */
6679 BFD_FAIL();
6680
6681 return -1;
6682 }
6683 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6684
6685 #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6686 /* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */
6687
6688 static bfd_boolean
6689 sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6690 {
6691 BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6692 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6693
6694 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6695 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6696 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6697 }
6698 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6699
6700 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6701 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6702
6703 static bfd_boolean
6704 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6705 {
6706 /* Copy object attributes. */
6707 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6708
6709 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6710 return TRUE;
6711
6712 /* Copy the stack size. */
6713 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6714 && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6715 {
6716 unsigned i;
6717
6718 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6719 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6720 {
6721 Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6722
6723 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6724 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6725 {
6726 memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6727
6728 /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6729 were first written. */
6730 if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6731 (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6732 ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6733 || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6734 ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6735 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6736 return FALSE;
6737 break;
6738 }
6739
6740 break;
6741 }
6742 }
6743
6744 return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6745 }
6746 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6747
6748 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6749
6750 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6751 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6752
6753 int
6754 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6755 {
6756 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6757 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6758
6759 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6760 }
6761
6762 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6763 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6764
6765 static bfd_boolean
6766 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6767 {
6768 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6769
6770 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6771 return TRUE;
6772
6773 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6774 {
6775 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6776 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6777 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6778 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6779 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6780 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6781 }
6782
6783 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6784 {
6785 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6786 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6787 ibfd);
6788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6789 return FALSE;
6790 }
6791
6792 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6793 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6794 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6795
6796 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6797 {
6798 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6799 ibfd);
6800 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6801 return FALSE;
6802 }
6803
6804 return TRUE;
6805 }
6806 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6807
6808 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6809 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6810 here. */
6811
6812 static bfd_boolean
6813 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6814 {
6815 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6816 return FALSE;
6817
6818 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6819 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6820 }
6821
6822 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6823 dynamic sections here. */
6824
6825 static bfd_boolean
6826 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6827 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6828 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6829 {
6830 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6831
6832 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6833 if (htab == NULL)
6834 return FALSE;
6835
6836 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6837 {
6838 asection *splt;
6839 asection *sgotplt;
6840 asection *srelplt;
6841
6842 bfd_vma plt_index;
6843 bfd_vma got_offset;
6844 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6845 bfd_byte *loc;
6846 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6847
6848 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6849 it up. */
6850
6851 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6852
6853 splt = htab->splt;
6854 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6855 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6856 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6857
6858 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6859 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6860 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6861 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6862 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6863
6864 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6865 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6866 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6867
6868 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6869 corresponds to this function. */
6870 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6871 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6872 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6873 bytes. */
6874 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6875 else
6876 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6877 reserved. */
6878 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6879
6880 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6881 if (info->shared)
6882 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6883 #endif
6884
6885 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6886 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6887 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6888 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6889
6890 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6891 {
6892 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6893 {
6894 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6895 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6896 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6897 h->plt.offset
6898 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6899 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6900 }
6901 else
6902 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6903 (splt->contents
6904 + h->plt.offset
6905 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6906 }
6907 else
6908 {
6909 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6910
6911 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6912 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6913 + sgotplt->output_offset
6914 + got_offset),
6915 (splt->contents
6916 + h->plt.offset
6917 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6918 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6919 {
6920 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6921 int distance;
6922
6923 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6924 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6925 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6926 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6927 to the last element of the previous group. */
6928 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6929 the common resolver stub. */
6930 reachable_plts = ((4096
6931 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6932 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6933 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6934 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6935 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6936 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6937 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6938 else
6939 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6940 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6941
6942 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6943 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6944 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6945 (splt->contents
6946 + h->plt.offset
6947 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6948 }
6949 else
6950 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6951 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6952 (splt->contents
6953 + h->plt.offset
6954 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6955 }
6956
6957 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6958 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6959 if (info->shared)
6960 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6961 #endif
6962 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6963 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6964
6965 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6966 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6967 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6968 (splt->contents
6969 + h->plt.offset
6970 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6971
6972 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6974 (splt->output_section->vma
6975 + splt->output_offset
6976 + h->plt.offset
6977 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6978 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6979 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6981 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6982 htab->splt->output_section),
6983 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6984
6985 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6986 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6987 + sgotplt->output_offset
6988 + got_offset);
6989 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6990 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6991 else
6992 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6993 rel.r_addend = 0;
6994 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6995 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6996 #endif
6997 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6998 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6999
7000 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
7001 {
7002 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
7003 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
7004 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7005 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7006
7007 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7008 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
7009 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7010 + htab->splt->output_offset
7011 + h->plt.offset
7012 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7013 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7014 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7015 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7016 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7017
7018 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7019 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
7020 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7021 + sgotplt->output_offset
7022 + got_offset);
7023 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7024 rel.r_addend = 0;
7025 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7026 }
7027
7028 if (!h->def_regular)
7029 {
7030 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7031 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
7032 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7033 }
7034 }
7035
7036 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7037 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7038 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7039 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7040 {
7041 asection *sgot;
7042 asection *srelgot;
7043 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7044 bfd_byte *loc;
7045
7046 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
7047 up. */
7048
7049 sgot = htab->sgot;
7050 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7051 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7052
7053 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7054 + sgot->output_offset
7055 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7056
7057 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7058 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7059 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7060 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7061 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7062 if (info->shared
7063 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7064 {
7065 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7066 {
7067 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7068 int dynindx
7069 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7070
7071 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7072 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7073 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7074 }
7075 else
7076 {
7077 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7078 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7079 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7080 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7081 }
7082 }
7083 else
7084 {
7085 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7086 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7087 rel.r_addend = 0;
7088 }
7089
7090 loc = srelgot->contents;
7091 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7092 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7093 }
7094
7095 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7096 {
7097 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7098
7099 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7100 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7101 {
7102 asection *sgot;
7103 asection *srelgot;
7104 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7105 bfd_byte *loc;
7106
7107 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7108 Set it up. */
7109
7110 sgot = htab->sgot;
7111 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7112 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7113
7114 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7115 + sgot->output_offset
7116 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7117
7118 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7119 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7120 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7121 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7122 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7123 if (info->shared
7124 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7125 {
7126 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7127 {
7128 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7129 int dynindx
7130 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7131
7132 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7133 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7134 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7135 }
7136 else
7137 {
7138 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7139 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7140 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7141 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7142 }
7143 }
7144 else
7145 {
7146 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7147 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7148 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7149 rel.r_addend = 0;
7150 }
7151
7152 loc = srelgot->contents;
7153 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7154 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7155 }
7156 }
7157 #endif
7158
7159 if (h->needs_copy)
7160 {
7161 asection *s;
7162 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7163 bfd_byte *loc;
7164
7165 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7166
7167 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7168 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7169 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7170
7171 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7172 ".rela.bss");
7173 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7174
7175 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7176 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7177 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7178 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7179 rel.r_addend = 0;
7180 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7181 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7182 }
7183
7184 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7185 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7186 ".got" section. */
7187 if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7188 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7189 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7190
7191 return TRUE;
7192 }
7193
7194 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7195
7196 static bfd_boolean
7197 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7198 {
7199 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7200 asection *sgotplt;
7201 asection *sdyn;
7202
7203 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7204 if (htab == NULL)
7205 return FALSE;
7206
7207 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7208 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7209
7210 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7211 {
7212 asection *splt;
7213 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7214
7215 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7216
7217 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7218 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7219 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7220 {
7221 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7222 asection *s;
7223 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7224 const char *name;
7225 #endif
7226
7227 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7228
7229 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7230 {
7231 default:
7232 if (htab->vxworks_p
7233 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7234 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7235 break;
7236
7237 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7238 case DT_INIT:
7239 name = info->init_function;
7240 goto get_sym;
7241
7242 case DT_FINI:
7243 name = info->fini_function;
7244 get_sym:
7245 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7246 {
7247 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7248
7249 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7250 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7251 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7252 {
7253 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7254 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7255 }
7256 }
7257 break;
7258 #endif
7259
7260 case DT_PLTGOT:
7261 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7262 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7263 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7264 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7265 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7266 break;
7267
7268 case DT_JMPREL:
7269 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7270 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7271 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7272 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7273 break;
7274
7275 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7276 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7277 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7278 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7279 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7280 break;
7281
7282 case DT_RELASZ:
7283 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7284 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7285 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7286 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7287 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7288 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7289 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7290 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7291 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7292 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7293 {
7294 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7295 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7296 }
7297 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7298 break;
7299 }
7300 }
7301
7302 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7303 splt = htab->splt;
7304 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7305 {
7306 unsigned int i;
7307
7308 memcpy (splt->contents,
7309 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7310 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7311 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7312 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7313 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7314 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7315 + sgotplt->output_offset
7316 + (i * 4)),
7317 (splt->contents
7318 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7319
7320 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7321 {
7322 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7323 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7324 bfd_byte *loc;
7325
7326 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7327 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7328 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7329 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7330 + splt->output_offset
7331 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7332 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7333 rel.r_addend = 8;
7334 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7335 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7336
7337 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7338 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7339 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7340 output. */
7341 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7342 {
7343 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7344 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7345 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7346 R_SH_DIR32);
7347 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7348 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7349
7350 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7351 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7352 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7353 R_SH_DIR32);
7354 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7355 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7356 }
7357 }
7358
7359 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7360 really seem like the right value. */
7361 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7362 }
7363 }
7364
7365 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7366 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7367 {
7368 if (sdyn == NULL)
7369 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7370 else
7371 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7372 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7373 sgotplt->contents);
7374 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7375 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7376 }
7377
7378 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7379 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7380
7381 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7382 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7383 {
7384 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7385 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7386 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7387 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7388
7389 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7390
7391 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7392 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7393 }
7394
7395 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7396 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7397 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7398
7399 if (htab->srelgot)
7400 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7401 == htab->srelgot->size);
7402
7403 return TRUE;
7404 }
7405
7406 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7407 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7408 {
7409 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7410 {
7411 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7412 return reloc_class_relative;
7413 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7414 return reloc_class_plt;
7415 case R_SH_COPY:
7416 return reloc_class_copy;
7417 default:
7418 return reloc_class_normal;
7419 }
7420 }
7421
7422 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7423 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7424
7425 static bfd_boolean
7426 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7427 {
7428 int offset;
7429 unsigned int size;
7430
7431 switch (note->descsz)
7432 {
7433 default:
7434 return FALSE;
7435
7436 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7437 /* pr_cursig */
7438 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7439
7440 /* pr_pid */
7441 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7442
7443 /* pr_reg */
7444 offset = 72;
7445 size = 92;
7446
7447 break;
7448 }
7449
7450 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7451 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7452 size, note->descpos + offset);
7453 }
7454
7455 static bfd_boolean
7456 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7457 {
7458 switch (note->descsz)
7459 {
7460 default:
7461 return FALSE;
7462
7463 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7464 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7465 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7466 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7467 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7468 }
7469
7470 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7471 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7472 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7473
7474 {
7475 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7476 int n = strlen (command);
7477
7478 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7479 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7480 }
7481
7482 return TRUE;
7483 }
7484 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7485
7486
7487 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7488 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7489
7490 static bfd_vma
7491 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7492 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7493 {
7494 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7495
7496 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7497 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7498 }
7499
7500 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7501 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7502
7503 static bfd_boolean
7504 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7505 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7506 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7507 {
7508 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7509
7510 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7511 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7512 return FALSE;
7513
7514 return TRUE;
7515 }
7516
7517 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7518
7519 static bfd_byte
7520 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7521 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7522 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7523 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7524 bfd_vma *encoded)
7525 {
7526 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7527 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7528
7529 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7530 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7531 loc_offset, encoded);
7532
7533 h = htab->root.hgot;
7534 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7535
7536 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7537 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7538 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7539 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7540
7541 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7542 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7543 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7544
7545 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7546 - (h->root.u.def.value
7547 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7548 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7549
7550 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7551 }
7552
7553 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7554 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7555 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7556 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7557 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7558 #endif
7559
7560 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7561 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7562 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7563 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7564 #else
7565 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7566 #endif
7567
7568 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7569
7570 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7571 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7572 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7573 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7574 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7575 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7576 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7577 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7578 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7579 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7580 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7581 sh_elf_set_private_flags
7582 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7583 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7584 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7585 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7586
7587 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7588 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7589 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7590 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7591 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7592 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7593 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7594 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7595 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7596 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7597 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7598 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7599 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7600 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7601 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7602 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7603 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7604 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7605 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7606 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7607 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7608 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7609 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7610 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7611 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7612 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7613 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7614 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7615
7616 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7617 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7618 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7619 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7620 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7621 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7622
7623 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7624
7625 #include "elf32-target.h"
7626
7627 /* NetBSD support. */
7628 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7629 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7630 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7631 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7632 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7633 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7634 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7635 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7636 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7637 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7638 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7639 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7640 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7641 #undef elf32_bed
7642 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7643
7644 #include "elf32-target.h"
7645
7646
7647 /* Linux support. */
7648 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7649 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7650 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7651 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7652 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7653 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7654 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7655 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7656 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7657 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7658
7659 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7660 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7661 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7662 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7663 #undef elf32_bed
7664 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7665
7666 #include "elf32-target.h"
7667
7668
7669 /* FDPIC support. */
7670 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7671 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7672 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7673 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7674 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7675 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7676 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7677 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7678 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7679 #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7680 sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7681
7682 #undef elf32_bed
7683 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7684
7685 #include "elf32-target.h"
7686
7687 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7688
7689 /* VxWorks support. */
7690 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7691 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7692 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7693 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7694 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7695 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7696 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7697 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7698 #undef elf32_bed
7699 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7700
7701 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7702 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7703 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7704 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7705 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7706 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7707 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7708 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7709 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7710 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7711 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7712 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7713 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7714 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7715 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7716 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7717 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7718 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7719 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7720 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7721
7722 #include "elf32-target.h"
7723
7724 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.255778 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.